1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno
;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno
;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab
*got_entries
;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count
;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count
;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count
;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
137 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
145 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx
;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
167 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
168 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
169 symbol without a GOT entry. */
170 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
173 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
174 the global hash table. */
176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
178 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
180 /* External symbol information. */
183 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
185 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
187 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
188 a readonly section. */
189 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
191 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
192 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
193 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
195 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
197 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
198 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
201 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
202 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
203 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
205 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
206 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
209 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
210 being called returns a floating point value. */
211 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
213 /* Are we forced local? .*/
214 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
217 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
219 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
221 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
223 /* We no longer use this. */
224 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
225 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
227 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
228 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
229 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
230 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
231 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
232 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
233 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
234 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
236 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
237 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
240 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
245 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
246 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
247 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
251 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
253 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
256 "_procedure_string_table",
257 "_procedure_table_size",
261 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
266 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
267 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
268 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
269 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
270 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
271 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
280 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
281 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
282 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
286 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
287 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
288 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
289 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
290 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
291 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
296 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
297 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
298 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
299 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
300 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
308 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
314 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
316 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
318 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
319 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
320 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
321 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
322 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
323 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
324 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
325 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
327 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
328 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
329 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
330 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
331 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
333 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
334 has different meaning for each type:
337 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
338 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
339 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
340 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
343 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
344 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
345 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
346 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
348 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
349 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
350 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
351 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
353 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
354 loader for use by the static exception system. */
356 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
357 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
358 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
359 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
360 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
361 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
362 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
363 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
364 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
365 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
367 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
369 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
370 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
372 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
373 (struct bfd_hash_entry
*, struct bfd_hash_table
*, const char *);
374 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
375 (bfd
*, const RPDR
*, struct rpdr_ext
*);
376 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
377 (void *, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*,
378 struct ecoff_debug_info
*);
379 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
380 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
381 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
382 (bfd
*, const Elf32_External_gptab
*, Elf32_gptab
*);
383 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
384 (bfd
*, const Elf32_gptab
*, Elf32_External_gptab
*);
385 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
386 (bfd
*, const Elf32_compact_rel
*, Elf32_External_compact_rel
*);
387 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
388 (bfd
*, const Elf32_crinfo
*, Elf32_External_crinfo
*);
389 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
390 (const void *, const void *);
391 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
392 (const void *, const void *);
393 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
394 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
395 static int gptab_compare
396 (const void *, const void *);
397 static asection
*mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
398 (bfd
*, bfd_boolean
);
399 static asection
*mips_elf_got_section
400 (bfd
*, bfd_boolean
);
401 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_info
402 (bfd
*, asection
**);
403 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
404 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
);
405 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
406 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
407 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
408 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*);
409 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
410 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_boolean
);
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
412 (bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
);
413 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
414 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
);
415 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
416 (struct bfd_link_info
*, unsigned long);
417 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
418 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
419 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
420 (bfd
*, long, bfd_vma
, struct mips_got_info
*);
421 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
422 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
423 struct mips_got_info
*);
424 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*mips_elf_next_relocation
425 (bfd
*, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
426 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
427 (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, asection
**, bfd_boolean
);
428 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
430 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
432 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
434 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
436 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
437 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
439 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
);
440 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
441 (bfd
*, bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
442 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, reloc_howto_type
*,
443 Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, const char **,
444 bfd_boolean
*, bfd_boolean
);
445 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
446 (reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, bfd_byte
*);
447 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
448 (struct bfd_link_info
*, reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
449 bfd_vma
, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, bfd_boolean
);
450 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
452 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
453 (bfd
*, unsigned int);
454 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
455 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
456 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
457 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
458 static void mips_set_isa_flags
460 static INLINE
char *elf_mips_abi_name
462 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
463 (bfd
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
464 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
465 (unsigned long, unsigned long);
466 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
468 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
470 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
472 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
473 (const void *, const void *);
475 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
476 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, struct mips_got_info
*,
477 asection
*, bfd_size_type
);
478 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
480 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
481 (const void *, const void *);
482 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
484 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
485 (const void *, const void *);
486 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
488 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
490 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
492 static int mips_elf_set_no_stub
494 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
496 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
497 (struct mips_got_info
*);
498 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
499 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
500 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
501 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
503 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
504 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
506 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
508 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
509 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
511 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
512 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
513 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
515 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
516 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
518 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
519 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
520 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
522 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
523 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
524 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
526 /* The name of the options section. */
527 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
528 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
530 /* The name of the stub section. */
531 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
533 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
534 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
535 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
537 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
538 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
539 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
541 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
542 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
543 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
545 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
547 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
549 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
550 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
551 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
553 /* Get word-sized data. */
554 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
555 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
557 /* Put out word-sized data. */
558 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
560 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
561 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
563 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
564 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
565 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
567 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
568 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
570 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
571 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
572 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
573 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
574 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
575 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
576 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
577 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
578 section, that is RELA. */
579 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
580 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
581 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
582 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
583 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
584 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
585 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
587 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
588 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
589 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
590 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
592 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
593 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
595 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
596 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
598 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
600 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
602 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
603 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
605 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
606 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
607 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
609 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
610 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
611 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
612 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
614 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
615 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
616 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
618 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
621 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
622 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
623 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
624 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
627 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
628 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
629 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
630 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
631 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
632 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
633 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
634 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
636 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
637 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
639 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
641 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
642 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
645 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
646 floating point arguments.
648 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
649 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
650 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
651 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
652 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
653 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
654 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
655 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
657 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
658 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
659 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
660 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
661 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
662 stub should be discarded.
664 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
665 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
666 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
667 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
668 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
669 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
670 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
673 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
674 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
675 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
677 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
679 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
680 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
681 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
683 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
685 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
686 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
687 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
690 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
692 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
693 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
695 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
698 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
700 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
701 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
703 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
705 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
706 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
707 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
709 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
710 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
712 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
715 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
717 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
719 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
720 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
721 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
725 /* Set local fields. */
726 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
727 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
728 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
730 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
731 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
732 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
734 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
735 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
736 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
737 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
740 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
744 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
746 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
747 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
749 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
752 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
754 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
757 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
758 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
761 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
762 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
765 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
768 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
769 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
771 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
772 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
775 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
776 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
779 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
780 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
782 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
784 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
785 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
789 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
790 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
791 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
793 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
794 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
798 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
799 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
800 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
801 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
802 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
803 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
805 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
806 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
807 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
808 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
809 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
819 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
821 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
822 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
823 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
824 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
825 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
826 free (debug
->external_sym
);
827 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
828 free (debug
->external_opt
);
829 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
830 free (debug
->external_aux
);
831 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
833 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
835 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
836 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
837 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
838 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
839 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
840 free (debug
->external_ext
);
844 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
847 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
849 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
850 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
851 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
852 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
853 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
854 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
856 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
857 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
859 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
861 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->exception_info
, ex
->p_exception_info
);
865 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
868 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
869 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
870 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
872 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
873 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
875 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
877 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
878 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
883 unsigned long sindex
;
887 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
895 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
897 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
901 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
903 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
907 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
910 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
911 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
915 size
= sizeof (char *);
916 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
920 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
921 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
922 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
926 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
930 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
933 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, ss
))
937 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
939 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
940 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
942 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
943 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
944 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
945 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
946 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
947 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
948 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
950 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
951 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
955 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
956 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
957 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
960 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
964 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
967 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
969 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
970 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
971 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
972 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
974 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
976 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
978 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
980 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
982 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
984 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
985 matters, but someday it might). */
986 s
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
1015 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1019 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1020 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1022 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1023 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1025 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1026 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1028 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1029 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1030 being included in the link. */
1031 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1032 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1033 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1034 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1037 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1038 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1040 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1041 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1042 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1043 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1044 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1045 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1046 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1049 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1050 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1052 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1053 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1054 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1055 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1056 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1057 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1058 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1064 bfd_reloc_status_type
1065 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1066 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1067 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1072 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1074 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1077 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1079 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1080 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1082 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
1083 if (reloc_entry
->address
> sz
)
1084 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1086 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1087 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1089 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1091 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1092 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1093 an external symbol. */
1095 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1096 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1098 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1100 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1102 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1103 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1107 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1110 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1112 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1115 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1116 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1117 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1122 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1124 asection
*input_section
;
1128 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1130 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1132 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1133 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1134 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1136 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1137 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1138 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1139 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1141 bfd_reloc_status_type
1142 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1143 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1144 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1145 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1147 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1150 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
1151 if (reloc_entry
->address
> sz
)
1152 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1154 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1156 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1158 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1160 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1161 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1164 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1165 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1167 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1170 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1171 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1172 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1174 bfd_reloc_status_type
1175 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1176 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1177 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1179 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1180 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1181 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1182 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1183 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1184 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1187 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1188 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1191 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1192 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1193 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1195 bfd_reloc_status_type
1196 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1197 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1198 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1203 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
1204 if (reloc_entry
->address
> sz
)
1205 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1207 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1208 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1210 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1211 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1213 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1215 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1216 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1217 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1218 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1219 has a rightshift of 0. */
1220 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1221 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1223 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1224 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1225 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1227 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1228 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1230 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1233 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1237 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1238 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1242 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1243 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1244 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1246 bfd_reloc_status_type
1247 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1248 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1249 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1250 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1254 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1255 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1257 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1259 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
1260 if (reloc_entry
->address
> sz
)
1261 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1263 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1265 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1267 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1268 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1269 offset or address. */
1270 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1271 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1276 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1277 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1278 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1279 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1281 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1282 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1283 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1287 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1288 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1289 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1290 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1291 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1292 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1295 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1296 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1298 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1299 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1301 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1302 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1307 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1309 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1312 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1313 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1316 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1319 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1320 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1324 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1325 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1327 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1328 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1332 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1333 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1335 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1336 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1337 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1338 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1339 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1340 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1344 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1345 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1349 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1350 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1351 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1352 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1353 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1354 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1355 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1358 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1359 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1360 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1363 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1366 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1367 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1368 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1369 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1370 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1371 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1375 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1376 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1378 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1379 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1380 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1381 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1382 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1383 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1386 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1387 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1388 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1389 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1390 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1393 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1394 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1396 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1397 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1398 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1399 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1400 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1401 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1402 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1406 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1407 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1409 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1415 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1418 /* Swap in an options header. */
1421 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1422 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1424 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1425 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1426 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1427 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1430 /* Swap out an options header. */
1433 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1434 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1436 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1437 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1438 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1439 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1442 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1443 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1446 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1448 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1449 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1451 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1452 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1454 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1457 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1460 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1462 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1463 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1465 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1466 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1467 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1468 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1470 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1471 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1475 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1476 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1477 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1478 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1479 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1480 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1481 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1482 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1483 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1484 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1485 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1486 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1487 when generating a final executable. */
1490 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1492 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1494 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1496 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1497 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1499 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1501 else if (((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
1502 || (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
1503 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0
1504 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) == 0)
1506 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1507 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1508 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1509 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1510 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1518 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1521 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1522 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1523 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1524 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1525 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1526 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1528 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1529 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1533 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1535 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1536 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1537 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1539 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1540 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1541 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1543 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1545 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1546 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1547 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1548 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1550 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1552 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1553 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1554 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1557 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1559 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1560 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1561 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1566 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1567 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1569 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1570 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1571 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1572 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1575 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1577 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1578 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1579 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1580 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1581 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1582 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1583 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1584 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1585 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1586 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1587 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1588 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1589 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1590 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1591 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1592 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1593 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1595 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1599 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1600 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1603 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1604 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1605 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1606 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1608 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1609 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1610 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1611 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1613 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1614 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1615 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1616 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1617 + sec
->output_offset
1618 + output_section
->vma
);
1620 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1622 else if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
1624 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1625 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1627 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1629 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1630 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1635 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1636 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1637 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1639 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1642 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1643 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1644 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1645 + sec
->output_offset
1646 + output_section
->vma
);
1648 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1656 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1657 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1660 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1667 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1670 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1672 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1673 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1675 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1678 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1680 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1683 static INLINE hashval_t
1684 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1687 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1693 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1694 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1698 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1700 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1702 return entry
->symndx
1703 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1705 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1706 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1710 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1712 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1713 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1715 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1716 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1717 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1718 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1721 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1722 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1723 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1727 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1729 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1731 return entry
->symndx
1733 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1734 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1736 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
1737 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1741 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1743 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1744 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1746 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1747 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1748 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1749 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1750 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1753 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1756 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
1758 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1761 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1762 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1764 sreloc
= bfd_make_section (dynobj
, dname
);
1766 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1771 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1773 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1774 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
1780 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1783 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
1785 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1787 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1792 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1793 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1796 static struct mips_got_info
*
1797 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
1800 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1802 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1803 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1804 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1805 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1806 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1809 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1814 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1815 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1816 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1819 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1823 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1824 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1826 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1828 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1830 return entry
->gotidx
;
1835 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1838 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1842 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
1843 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
1845 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
1846 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
1848 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
1850 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
1852 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
1857 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
1859 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
1861 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
1866 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
1867 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1869 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1870 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1871 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1873 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
1874 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
1875 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
1876 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
1881 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1882 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1883 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1884 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1885 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1888 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1889 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
1892 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1894 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1896 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1898 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
1900 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff));
1905 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
1908 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
1913 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1914 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1917 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1918 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
1921 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1922 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1926 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1927 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1928 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1930 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
1933 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1935 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1937 return entry
->gotidx
;
1942 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1946 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1947 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
1951 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1953 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
1954 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
1955 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
1957 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
1960 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1961 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1963 static struct mips_got_entry
*
1964 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
,
1965 struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
1966 asection
*sgot
, bfd_vma value
)
1968 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
1969 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1973 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
1975 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
1978 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
1979 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1982 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
1987 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
1989 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
1994 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
1996 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
1998 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
1999 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2000 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2001 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2002 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2006 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2007 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2012 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2013 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2014 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2015 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2016 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2017 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2020 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2022 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2023 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2026 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2028 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2031 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2032 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2033 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2034 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2035 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2036 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2037 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2038 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2039 too large offsets. */
2040 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2041 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2042 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2043 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2044 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2047 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2048 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2049 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2050 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2051 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2053 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2054 table index in the GOT. */
2055 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2060 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2061 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2065 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2067 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2069 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2070 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2072 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2074 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2077 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2078 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2079 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2081 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2083 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2084 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2085 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2087 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2088 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2091 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2092 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2098 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2099 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2103 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2104 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2105 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2107 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2109 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2111 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2113 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2117 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2120 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2126 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2128 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2131 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2132 need to do it again. */
2136 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2142 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2144 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2147 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2148 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2149 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2155 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2156 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2159 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2160 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2162 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2165 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2166 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2167 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2168 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2173 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2175 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2180 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2185 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2188 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2190 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2191 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2193 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2196 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2199 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2201 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2202 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2203 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2204 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2206 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2209 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2210 be the master GOT data. */
2212 static struct mips_got_info
*
2213 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2215 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2221 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2222 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2225 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2226 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2230 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2232 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2233 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2234 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2235 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2236 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2239 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2241 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2242 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2243 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2249 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2250 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2260 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2261 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2262 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2269 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2270 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2272 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2273 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2274 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2275 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2285 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2286 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2287 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2292 if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2300 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2301 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2302 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2303 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2304 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2305 and then make make the new got current. */
2308 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
2310 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2311 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2312 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2313 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2314 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2315 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2317 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2318 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2319 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2321 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2322 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2324 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2325 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2326 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2327 else if (arg
->primary
2328 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2330 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2331 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2332 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2334 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2336 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2337 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2339 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2342 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2343 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2344 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2347 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2348 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2350 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2351 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2353 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2354 else if (arg
->current
2355 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2357 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2358 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2359 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2361 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2363 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2364 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2366 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2369 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2371 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2372 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2374 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2375 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2377 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2378 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2379 overflows anyway. */
2382 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2383 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2385 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2391 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2392 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2393 got) to the given VALUE.
2395 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2396 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2397 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2398 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2399 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2400 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2401 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2402 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
2405 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2407 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2408 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
2409 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
2410 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
2412 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
2413 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2417 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
2419 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2420 if (arg
->info
->shared
2421 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
2422 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2423 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2424 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2425 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
2426 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
2429 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
2435 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
2436 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
2438 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2440 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2442 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
2443 && entry
->symndx
== -1
2444 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2445 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
2450 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2451 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2452 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2453 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2454 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2455 the traversal must be restarted. */
2457 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2459 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2460 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
2462 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
2464 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
2466 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2467 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2468 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2470 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
2475 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2476 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2477 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
2479 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
2480 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2483 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2484 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2486 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
2489 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2490 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2496 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2499 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2505 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
2507 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
2508 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
2511 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
2514 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2517 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2519 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2522 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2526 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
2530 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2533 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2534 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2537 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2538 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
2539 bfd_size_type pages
)
2541 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
2542 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
2543 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
2544 unsigned int assign
;
2546 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
2547 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2548 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2551 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
2552 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
2553 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
2555 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2556 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2557 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
2558 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2559 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2562 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
2563 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
2564 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2565 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2566 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2567 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
2568 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
2569 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
2571 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2572 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2573 to be the primary GOT. */
2574 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2575 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2578 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2579 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
2581 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2582 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2583 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2586 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2587 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
2588 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
2589 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2590 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2591 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2593 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2595 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
2598 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
2599 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
2601 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2605 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2606 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2607 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2608 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2611 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
2614 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2615 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2622 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
2624 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
2628 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2629 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2630 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2633 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2634 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2635 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2636 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2637 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2638 follows IRIX's practice.
2640 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2641 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2642 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2643 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2647 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
2648 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
2649 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
2653 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2654 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2655 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2656 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2657 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2658 their entries can be omitted. */
2659 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2660 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
2663 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2664 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2665 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
2666 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2667 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2668 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
2669 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2670 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2671 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
2674 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2675 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2676 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2677 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2678 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2679 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2680 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2681 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2682 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2683 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2684 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2685 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2686 points back to the master GOT. */
2687 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
2688 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
2694 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
2696 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2697 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
2698 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
2699 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
2701 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2702 list that gg points to. */
2708 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
2711 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
2715 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
2716 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2722 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2723 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2725 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
2726 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
2727 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2728 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
2730 while (relocation
< relend
)
2732 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
2738 /* We didn't find it. */
2739 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2743 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2746 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
2747 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2748 asection
**local_sections
,
2749 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
2751 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2752 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2753 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2756 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2757 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2758 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2760 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
2762 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
2767 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2768 was forced local. */
2769 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
2770 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
2771 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2772 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2773 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2774 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2775 if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0)
2782 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2785 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
2787 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
2788 /* VALUE is negative. */
2789 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
2794 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2795 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
2799 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
2801 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
2803 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
2804 /* The value is too big. */
2806 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
2807 /* The value is too small. */
2814 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2817 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
2819 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2822 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2825 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2828 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2835 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2838 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2841 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2848 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2851 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
2852 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2855 register asection
*s
;
2857 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
2859 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2862 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel");
2864 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2865 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2866 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2869 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
2875 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2878 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2879 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
2882 register asection
*s
;
2883 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2884 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
2885 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2888 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2889 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2892 if (! maybe_exclude
)
2893 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2897 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2898 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2901 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2903 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
2904 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
2905 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
2907 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2908 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
2911 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2912 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2913 are not creating a global offset table. */
2915 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2916 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
2917 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
2920 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2921 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
2922 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
2923 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
2926 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2929 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
2930 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2933 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2934 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2935 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2936 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2939 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2940 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2941 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2943 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
2944 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
2945 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
2950 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2951 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2952 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2954 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2955 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2956 relocation must be JALX.
2958 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2959 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2960 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2961 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2963 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2964 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
2965 asection
*input_section
,
2966 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2967 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2968 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
2969 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
2970 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
2971 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
2972 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
2974 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2976 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2979 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2980 shared object file being produced. */
2981 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
2982 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2985 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2986 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
2987 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2988 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2989 during execution. */
2990 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
2991 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
2993 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
2994 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
2995 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
2997 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
2998 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
2999 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3000 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3002 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3004 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3005 relocation value. */
3006 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3007 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3008 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3010 /* Parse the relocation. */
3011 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3012 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3013 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3014 + input_section
->output_offset
3015 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3017 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3018 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3020 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3021 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3022 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3023 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3024 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3025 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3026 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3027 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3030 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3031 must come before globals. */
3035 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3038 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3040 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3041 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3043 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3044 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3045 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3046 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3047 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3048 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3050 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3052 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3055 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3056 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3059 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3060 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3061 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3064 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3066 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3070 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3072 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3073 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3074 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3075 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3076 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3077 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3078 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3080 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3081 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3083 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3084 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3085 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3086 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3088 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3089 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3090 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
)
3091 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3095 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3096 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3097 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3099 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3100 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3101 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3103 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3104 if (sec
->output_section
)
3105 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3106 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3107 + sec
->output_offset
);
3109 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3111 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3112 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3113 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3114 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3117 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
3118 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3120 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3121 strcmp (*namep
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3123 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3124 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3125 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3126 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3127 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3129 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3130 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3135 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3136 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3137 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3138 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
3139 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
3140 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3144 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3147 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3148 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3150 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3151 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3152 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3153 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3154 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3156 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3157 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3160 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3163 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3167 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3169 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3170 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3171 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3173 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3174 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3176 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3177 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3179 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3184 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3186 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3187 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3189 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3196 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3199 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3201 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
3202 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3205 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3206 special jalx instruction. */
3207 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
3208 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3209 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3211 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3212 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3214 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3215 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3218 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3219 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3220 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3222 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
3223 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
3229 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3230 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3231 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3232 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3233 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3234 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3237 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3238 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3239 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3241 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3242 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3244 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
);
3245 if (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3247 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3248 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
)))
3250 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3251 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3252 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3253 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3254 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3255 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3258 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3259 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3260 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3264 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3265 info
, symbol
+ addend
);
3267 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3270 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3271 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3272 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3277 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3278 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3279 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3280 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3281 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3282 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3283 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3284 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3286 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3294 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3298 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3301 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3302 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3309 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3311 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3312 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3313 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3314 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
3316 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3318 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3319 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3320 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3321 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3324 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
3332 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3336 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3337 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
3341 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3345 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
3346 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3349 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
3350 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
3351 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
3352 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3356 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3357 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3358 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3359 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3360 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3363 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
3365 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
3366 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3372 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
3373 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3377 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
3378 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3384 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3387 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
3388 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3389 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3390 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3391 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3394 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3395 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3398 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3399 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3400 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3401 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3402 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3403 not check for overflow here. */
3407 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3408 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3409 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3410 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3415 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3416 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3417 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3418 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3419 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3420 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3421 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3422 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3423 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3424 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
3425 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3426 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
3427 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3428 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3429 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3430 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3434 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3443 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3444 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3446 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3447 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3448 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
3449 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
3450 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3451 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3453 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3454 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3455 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3461 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3464 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3467 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3468 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
3470 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3474 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
3475 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3478 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3479 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3480 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3481 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3482 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3484 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
3485 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3488 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3489 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3490 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
3493 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3494 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3495 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3499 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
3500 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3501 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3502 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3503 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3504 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3507 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3509 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
3512 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3516 value
= symbol
- addend
;
3517 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3521 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
3522 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3525 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
3526 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
3527 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3530 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
3531 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
3532 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3537 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3538 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3539 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3541 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3542 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3543 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3544 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3547 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3548 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3551 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3553 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
3556 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3559 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3560 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3561 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
3564 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3566 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3567 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
3569 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
3570 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3571 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3572 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3573 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3574 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3579 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3580 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3581 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3582 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3583 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3584 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3586 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3589 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3590 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3591 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3592 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3593 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
3594 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
3598 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3600 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3601 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3603 /* Obtain the current value. */
3604 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
3606 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3607 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
3609 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3610 value in a funny way. */
3611 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3613 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3614 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3617 The format of these instructions is:
3619 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3620 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3621 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3623 +-----------------------------------------------+
3625 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3626 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3628 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3629 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3630 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3631 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3632 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3633 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3634 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3635 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3636 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3637 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3640 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3641 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3642 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3643 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3644 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3645 value as two 16-bit values.
3647 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3651 +--------+----------------------+
3655 +--------+----------------------+
3658 +----------+------+-------------+
3662 +----------+--------------------+
3663 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3664 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3666 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
3667 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3668 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3669 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3670 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3672 if (!info
->relocatable
)
3673 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3674 value
= (((value
& 0x1f0000) << 5)
3675 | ((value
& 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3676 | (value
& 0xffff));
3678 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3680 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3681 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3683 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3684 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3685 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3686 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3687 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3689 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3692 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3693 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3694 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3696 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3697 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3698 little-endian system. */
3699 value
= (((value
& 0x7e0) << 16)
3700 | ((value
& 0xf800) << 5)
3704 /* Set the field. */
3705 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
3707 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3711 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
3712 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
3714 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3715 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3717 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
3722 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
3726 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3729 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3730 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3731 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd
),
3732 input_section
->name
,
3733 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
3734 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3738 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3739 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
3742 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3743 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3744 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3745 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3746 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3748 /* Put the value into the output. */
3749 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
3753 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3756 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
3758 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
3760 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
3761 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
3762 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
3765 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3768 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int n
)
3772 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
3773 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3777 /* Make room for a null element. */
3778 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3781 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3784 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3785 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3786 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3787 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3790 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3791 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3792 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3793 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3794 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
3795 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
3797 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
3803 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
3804 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3805 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
3806 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
3807 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
3808 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
3812 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
3813 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
3814 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
3815 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
3816 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
3817 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
3820 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3821 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3822 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3823 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
3825 outrel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
3826 outrel
[2].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
;
3830 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3831 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3832 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3833 machinery tell us the offset. */
3834 outrel
[1].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3835 outrel
[2].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3836 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3838 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3843 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3844 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
3846 else if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
3848 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
3849 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
3850 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
3855 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3856 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3857 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3859 memset (outrel
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
) * 3);
3863 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
3865 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3866 in the relocation. */
3868 && (! info
->symbolic
|| (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3869 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
3870 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3872 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3874 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3875 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3876 defined_p
= ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3877 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) != 0);
3879 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
3880 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
3881 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
3882 undefined symbols. */
3887 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
3889 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
3891 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3896 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
3901 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3902 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3903 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3904 local symbols because we used to generate them
3905 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3906 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3907 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3908 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3909 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3910 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3912 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
3913 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
3914 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
3915 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
3916 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3921 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3922 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3923 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3924 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3925 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3928 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3929 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3930 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
3932 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3933 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3934 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3935 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3936 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3937 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3938 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3939 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3940 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3941 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3942 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3943 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3944 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
3945 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
3948 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
3950 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3951 correct location in the output file. */
3952 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3953 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3954 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3955 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3956 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3957 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3960 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3961 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3962 relocation format is non-standard. */
3963 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3965 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3966 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3968 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3971 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3972 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3973 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3975 /* We've now added another relocation. */
3976 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3978 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
3979 will be writing to it. */
3980 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
3983 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
3984 if (! skip
&& IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
3986 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
3991 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
3993 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
3994 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
3995 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
3996 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3997 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
3998 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4000 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4001 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4002 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4004 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4005 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4006 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4007 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4008 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4009 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4016 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4019 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4021 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4023 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4024 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4026 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4027 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4029 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4030 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4032 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4033 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4035 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4036 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4038 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4039 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4041 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4042 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4044 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4045 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4047 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4048 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4051 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4055 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4059 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4063 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4067 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4071 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4074 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4075 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4078 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4079 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4082 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4083 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4086 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
4087 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
4095 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4097 static INLINE
char *
4098 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
4102 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4103 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4106 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4108 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4112 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4114 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4116 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4118 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4121 return "unknown abi";
4125 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4126 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4127 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4128 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4129 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4130 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4131 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4132 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4134 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4135 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4136 definition in a shared library. */
4137 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4138 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4139 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4141 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4142 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4145 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
4147 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4149 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4150 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4152 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4153 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4154 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4155 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4156 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4157 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4158 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4160 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4161 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4162 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4163 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4164 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4165 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4166 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4167 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4168 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4169 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4171 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4175 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4176 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4177 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4178 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4181 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4182 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4184 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4185 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4186 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4187 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4188 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4189 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4190 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4191 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4192 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4193 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4195 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4196 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4199 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4200 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4203 #if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4205 asym
->section
= mips_elf_text_section_ptr
;
4209 asym
->section
= mips_elf_data_section_ptr
;
4215 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4216 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4217 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4219 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4220 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4223 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4224 will jump there rather than to .text.
4226 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4227 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4230 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
4232 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
4235 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4236 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4237 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4241 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
4243 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4244 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4248 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4249 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4252 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4255 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4256 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4260 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4261 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4262 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4263 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4265 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4267 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4268 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4269 so that we don't have to read them again.
4270 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4271 through the section contents to see if there is an
4272 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4274 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4276 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4277 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4279 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4281 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4283 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4290 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4291 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
4294 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4295 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
4298 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4305 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4306 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
4309 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4310 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4317 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4319 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
4321 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4322 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
4323 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
4325 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4326 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4328 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
4330 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4331 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
4333 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
4335 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4336 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4338 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4341 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4343 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
4345 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
4347 unsigned int adjust
;
4349 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
4351 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
4359 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4360 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4361 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4363 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4367 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
4372 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4373 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4374 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4375 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4376 probably get away with this. */
4377 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
4379 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
4380 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
4384 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
4387 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
4388 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
4391 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
4392 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4395 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
4396 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
4399 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
4400 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
4402 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
4404 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
4405 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
4406 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
4408 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
4410 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
4411 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4414 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
4415 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4418 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
4419 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) != 0)
4422 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
4423 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4426 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
4427 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4430 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
4431 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4432 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4433 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4440 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
))
4445 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4446 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
4452 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4454 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4455 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4456 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4457 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4458 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
4460 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
4463 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4464 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
4466 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
4467 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
4470 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4471 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4472 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4473 they should agree. */
4474 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
4476 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4478 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
4479 if (contents
== NULL
)
4481 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
4488 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4489 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4491 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4493 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4495 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4497 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
4499 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4501 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
4502 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4504 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4506 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4508 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
4510 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4512 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
4513 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4515 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4525 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4526 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4527 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4530 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
4532 register const char *name
;
4534 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
4536 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
4538 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
4539 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
4540 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4542 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
4543 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
4544 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4546 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
4547 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
4548 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4550 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
4551 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
4552 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
4554 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
4555 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4556 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4557 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4558 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4560 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4562 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
4564 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
4565 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4566 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4567 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4569 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4570 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4572 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4575 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4577 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4578 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
4579 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
4580 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
4582 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4583 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4585 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4586 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
4589 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
4590 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
4591 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4592 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
4593 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
4594 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
4595 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4596 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4598 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
4599 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4601 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4603 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
4604 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4605 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4607 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
4609 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
4610 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4611 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4613 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4614 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
4615 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4617 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
4618 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4619 final_write_processing. */
4621 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4622 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4623 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4625 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
4626 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4627 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4629 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
4631 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
4632 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
4633 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
4636 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
4637 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
4638 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
4639 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
4640 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
4645 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4646 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4647 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4648 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4649 the .scommon section. */
4652 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4653 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
4655 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
4657 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4660 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
4662 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
4668 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4669 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4672 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4673 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
4674 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4675 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
4677 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4678 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
4679 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4681 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4686 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
4689 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4690 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4691 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4692 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4695 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4696 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
4697 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4698 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
4702 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4703 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4705 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
4706 asection
*elf_text_section
;
4707 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4709 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4710 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4713 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4714 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4715 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
4718 /* Initialize the section. */
4720 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
4721 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4723 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4724 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
4726 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
4727 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4728 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4729 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4730 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
4731 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4732 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
4734 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4735 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4736 so I took it out. */
4737 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
4740 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4741 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4743 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4744 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4746 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
4747 asection
*elf_data_section
;
4748 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4750 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4751 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4754 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4755 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4756 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
4759 /* Initialize the section. */
4761 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
4762 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4764 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4765 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
4767 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
4768 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4769 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4770 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4771 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
4772 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4773 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
4775 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4776 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4777 so I took it out. */
4778 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
4781 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4782 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4786 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4788 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
4789 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4791 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4792 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4794 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4796 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4797 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
4798 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4801 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4802 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4803 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4804 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4806 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4809 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
4812 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4813 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4814 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4815 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4821 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4822 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4823 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4826 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
4827 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4828 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
4829 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4831 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4832 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4833 common in the output file. */
4834 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4835 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
4836 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4838 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4839 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
4844 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4846 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4849 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4851 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4852 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4854 register asection
*s
;
4855 const char * const *namep
;
4857 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4858 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
4860 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4861 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4864 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
4868 /* We need to create .got section. */
4869 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
4872 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
4875 /* Create .stub section. */
4876 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4877 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
4879 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
4881 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_CODE
)
4882 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4883 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4887 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
4889 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
4891 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4893 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
)
4894 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4895 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4899 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4900 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4901 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4902 the linker takes such action. */
4903 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4905 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
4908 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4909 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4910 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4913 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4914 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4915 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4916 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4918 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4922 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4923 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4925 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
4929 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4930 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
4932 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4933 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4935 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4936 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4938 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4939 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
4941 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4942 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4944 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4951 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4953 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4954 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
4955 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4958 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4959 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4960 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4961 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4963 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4966 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
4968 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
4969 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
4970 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
4971 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
4972 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4973 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4975 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
4977 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4978 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
4979 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4982 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4983 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4984 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4985 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4987 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4995 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4996 allocate space in the global offset table. */
4999 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5000 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
5004 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5005 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5006 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5008 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5009 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5012 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5014 if (info
->relocatable
)
5017 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5018 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5019 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5020 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5022 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5024 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5025 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5027 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5029 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5032 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5034 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5035 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5039 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5040 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5041 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5042 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5044 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5045 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5047 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5048 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5049 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5050 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5051 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5052 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5053 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5054 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5055 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5059 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
5061 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5064 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5065 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5066 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5067 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5070 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5079 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5080 not need it. Since this function is called before
5081 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5082 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5084 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5088 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5090 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5092 unsigned long symcount
;
5096 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5097 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5099 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5100 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5101 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5104 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5107 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5109 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5110 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5111 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5112 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5116 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5118 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5119 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5121 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5124 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5127 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5128 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5130 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5131 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5134 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5137 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5139 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5140 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5142 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5143 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5144 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5145 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5146 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5147 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5148 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5152 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5153 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5155 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5157 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5158 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5160 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5162 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5163 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5164 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5165 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5166 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5167 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5168 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5169 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5170 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5172 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5177 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5187 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5192 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5193 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5194 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5199 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5200 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5201 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5203 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5204 unsigned int r_type
;
5205 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5207 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5208 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5210 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5212 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5214 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5215 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5216 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), name
);
5217 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5222 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5224 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5227 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5228 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5232 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5233 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5239 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5240 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5241 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5242 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5243 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5244 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5245 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5247 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5248 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5250 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5257 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5258 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5259 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5267 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5268 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5269 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5271 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5272 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5273 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5274 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5275 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5276 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5277 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5278 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5288 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5289 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5290 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
5291 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5296 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5297 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5300 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5301 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5304 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5305 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5306 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
5307 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
;
5312 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5313 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5314 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5319 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
5320 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5322 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5323 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5324 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5325 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5327 if ((hmips
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
)
5328 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
5329 && ! (hmips
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
5330 & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
)))
5336 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5337 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5338 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5339 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5340 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5347 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5348 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5352 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
5356 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5359 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5360 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5361 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5362 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5363 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
5364 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5365 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5366 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5367 relocations against the text segment. */
5368 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5372 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5374 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5375 defined in a dynamic object. */
5376 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5377 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
5378 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5379 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5380 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5381 are relocations against the text segment. */
5382 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
5385 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5386 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5387 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5388 dynamic relocations against it. */
5392 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5393 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
5395 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5396 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5401 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5402 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5403 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5407 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5408 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5409 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5410 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5411 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5412 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5415 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5416 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5417 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5418 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5422 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5423 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5424 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5425 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5433 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5434 related to taking the function's address. */
5440 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5442 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5443 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5447 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5448 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5453 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5454 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5455 References from a stub section do not count. */
5457 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5458 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
5459 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
5460 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
5461 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
5462 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5463 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
5465 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5467 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5468 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5476 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
5477 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
5480 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5481 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
5482 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5483 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
5485 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
5486 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5487 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
5489 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5492 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
5495 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
5496 link_info
->keep_memory
);
5497 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5500 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
5501 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5502 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5503 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5505 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
5508 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
5509 unsigned int r_type
;
5510 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5512 unsigned long instruction
;
5514 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5515 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5516 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5517 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5518 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
5521 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5522 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5523 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
5525 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
5526 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5527 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5529 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5530 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5531 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5533 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5535 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5536 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5537 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5538 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
5539 && ! (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
)))
5542 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5543 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
5544 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5545 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5546 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
5548 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5552 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5554 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5555 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
5557 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5558 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5559 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5560 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
5562 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5566 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
5567 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
5569 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5570 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5571 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
5572 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
5575 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5576 symval
= isym
->st_value
5577 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5578 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
5581 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5583 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
5584 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
5586 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5587 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
5592 /* Check that it's in range. */
5593 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
5596 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5597 if (contents
== NULL
)
5599 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5600 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
5601 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
5604 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
5609 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5611 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5612 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5613 instruction
= 0x04110000;
5614 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5615 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5616 instruction
= 0x10000000;
5620 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
5621 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5622 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
5625 if (contents
!= NULL
5626 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5628 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
5632 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5633 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5639 if (contents
!= NULL
5640 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5645 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5646 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5647 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5648 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5652 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5653 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5656 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5659 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5661 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5662 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
5663 && ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
)
5664 || h
->weakdef
!= NULL
5665 || ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5666 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
5667 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5668 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) != 0
5669 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5670 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)));
5672 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5673 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5675 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5676 if (! info
->relocatable
5677 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
5678 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5679 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5680 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0))
5682 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
5683 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
5684 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
5685 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5686 against the text segment. */
5687 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5690 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5691 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
5692 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
5694 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5697 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5698 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5699 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5700 executable and the shared library. */
5701 if ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
5703 /* We need .stub section. */
5704 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
5705 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
5706 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5708 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5709 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
5711 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5712 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
5714 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5715 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5717 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5718 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5722 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
5723 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) == 0)
5725 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5726 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5727 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
5731 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5732 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5733 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5734 if (h
->weakdef
!= NULL
)
5736 BFD_ASSERT (h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5737 || h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
5738 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5739 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5743 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5744 is not a function. */
5749 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5750 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5751 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5754 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5755 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5761 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5763 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
5764 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
5767 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5768 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
5770 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5772 if (! (info
->relocatable
5773 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
5774 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
5775 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
5777 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5779 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5782 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
5786 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5787 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5789 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5791 asection
*subsection
;
5793 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
5795 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
5797 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
5799 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
5800 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
5804 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5805 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5806 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5807 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5809 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
5812 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
5813 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
5815 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5816 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5819 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5820 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5822 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
5824 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5825 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5826 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
5828 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
5829 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5831 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
5832 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5834 if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5835 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
5841 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5844 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5845 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5849 bfd_boolean reltext
;
5851 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5852 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
5854 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5856 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5857 if (info
->executable
)
5859 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5860 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5862 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
5864 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
5868 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5869 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5872 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5877 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5878 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5879 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
5881 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5886 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5890 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5891 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5892 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5893 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5894 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5895 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
5897 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
5898 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
5903 const char *outname
;
5906 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5907 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5908 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5909 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5910 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5912 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
5914 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
5916 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
5917 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5918 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5921 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5922 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5923 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5926 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5927 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5928 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5929 will move them around between input sections'
5930 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5931 broken, so don't let it run. */
5932 info
->combreloc
= 0;
5935 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
5937 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
5938 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
5939 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
5941 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
5942 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
5943 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
5944 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
5948 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5949 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
5951 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
5952 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
5954 unsigned int save_assign
;
5956 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
5958 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
5959 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
5960 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
5961 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
5962 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
5963 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
5964 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
5965 &set_got_offset_arg
);
5966 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
5967 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
5968 <= g
->global_gotno
);
5970 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
5973 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
5974 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
5975 + g
->next
->global_gotno
5976 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
5981 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
5984 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
5986 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
5987 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
5988 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5990 else if (! info
->shared
5991 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
5992 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
5994 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
5995 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
5998 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
5999 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6000 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
6001 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
6003 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6009 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
6013 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6014 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
6015 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6017 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6022 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6024 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6025 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6026 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6027 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6028 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6031 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6032 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6033 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6035 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6037 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6043 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6044 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6046 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6051 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6052 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6054 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6056 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6060 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6063 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6065 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6068 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6071 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6075 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6078 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6082 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6083 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
, 0))
6088 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
, 0))
6093 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_IVERSION
, 0))
6097 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6100 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6103 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6106 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6109 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6112 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6113 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6116 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6117 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6118 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6119 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6126 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6129 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6130 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
6131 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6132 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6133 asection
**local_sections
)
6135 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6136 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6138 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6139 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6141 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6142 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6143 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6147 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6148 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6149 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6151 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6152 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6155 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6156 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6158 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6159 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6160 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6161 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6162 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6163 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6164 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6166 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6168 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6172 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6173 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6174 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6175 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6176 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6179 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6181 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6183 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6184 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6185 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6186 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6187 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6188 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6189 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6190 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6191 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6192 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6193 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6195 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6196 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6198 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6199 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6201 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6203 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6204 combination of the addend stored in two different
6206 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6207 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6208 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6209 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6212 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6213 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6215 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6216 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6217 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6218 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6221 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
6223 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
6224 relocation must be immediately following.
6225 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
6226 may be a composed relocation consisting of
6227 several relocations for the same address. In
6228 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
6229 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
6230 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
6231 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
6234 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
6237 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6238 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
6239 R_MIPS_LO16
, FALSE
);
6240 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
6241 input_bfd
, contents
);
6242 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
6243 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
6244 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
6248 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6251 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
6253 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6254 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6256 addend
= (((addend
& 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6257 | ((addend
& 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6261 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
6264 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
6267 if (info
->relocatable
)
6269 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6270 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6272 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
6273 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6276 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6277 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6278 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6279 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6280 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6281 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
6283 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
6285 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6288 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
6289 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
6290 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
6291 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
6292 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
6293 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
6295 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6296 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
6297 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6298 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6299 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
6301 if (rela_relocation_p
)
6302 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
6303 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
6306 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6307 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
6308 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
6309 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
6310 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
6311 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
6312 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
6314 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6316 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
6317 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
6318 source of the addend in the final link. */
6319 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6321 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6322 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6323 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6324 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6325 but for endianness. */
6331 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6333 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6340 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6341 do two separate stores. */
6342 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6344 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6346 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6352 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6354 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6355 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6356 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6357 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6361 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
6362 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6367 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6371 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6372 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6373 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6375 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
6376 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
6377 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
6378 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
6380 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6382 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6383 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
6384 input_section
, info
, rel
,
6385 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
6386 local_sections
, &value
,
6387 &name
, &require_jalx
,
6388 use_saved_addend_p
))
6390 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
6391 /* There's nothing to do. */
6394 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
6395 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6396 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6397 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6398 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6401 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
6402 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6403 info
->callbacks
->warning
6404 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
6407 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
6408 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6409 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6410 a given location. */
6414 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
6415 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
6416 (info
, name
, howto
->name
, 0,
6417 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
6430 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6431 until we reach the last one. */
6432 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6438 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6439 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6440 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6441 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6442 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6443 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6444 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6445 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6451 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6453 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6460 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6461 do two separate stores. */
6462 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6464 /* Undo what we did above. */
6466 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6468 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6474 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6476 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6477 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6478 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6479 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6483 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6484 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
6485 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6486 contents
, require_jalx
))
6493 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6494 adjust it appropriately now. */
6497 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6498 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6500 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6501 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6502 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
6505 "__dso_displacement",
6507 "__program_header_table",
6511 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
6519 const char* const *p
;
6522 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
6523 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
6526 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
6528 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6530 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6531 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6533 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6535 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6537 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6543 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6544 dynamic sections here. */
6547 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6548 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6549 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6550 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6554 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
6557 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6559 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
6562 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
6564 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6566 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
6568 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6569 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6570 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6572 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6573 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
6576 /* Fill the stub. */
6577 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
6578 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
6579 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
6580 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
6582 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
6583 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6585 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6586 only for the referenced symbol. */
6587 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6589 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6590 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6591 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6592 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
6596 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6597 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0);
6599 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6600 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
6601 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6602 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6603 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6605 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6606 the symbols that need them. */
6607 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
6608 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
6613 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6614 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
);
6615 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6618 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6620 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
6626 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
6628 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
6630 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6633 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
6638 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6640 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6641 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6642 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6643 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
6645 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
6646 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
6647 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
6648 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
6649 appropriate addend. */
6650 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6652 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6653 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6654 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
6656 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
6657 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
6660 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6661 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
6662 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
6666 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
6667 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6672 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6673 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6674 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6675 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6676 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6677 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6678 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6680 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6681 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6684 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6686 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6687 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6688 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
6690 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6692 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
6693 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
6695 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6696 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6698 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6700 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
6702 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6703 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6704 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
6705 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6707 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
6709 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6710 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6711 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6712 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6716 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6717 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6718 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
6722 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6723 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
6724 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6726 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
6727 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6728 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
6729 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
6730 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
6731 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6733 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6734 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6736 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6737 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
6738 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
6739 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
6741 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6745 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6746 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
6747 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
6752 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6755 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6756 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6761 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
6763 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6765 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
6767 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6772 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6773 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6774 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
6775 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
6776 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6779 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6783 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
6784 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6786 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
6787 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
6788 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
6790 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
6794 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
6796 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6797 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
6799 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6805 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6806 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6807 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
6811 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6813 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6818 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6819 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6820 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6823 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
6824 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
6828 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
6831 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
6832 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
6835 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
6840 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
6845 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
6846 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
6847 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6848 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
6851 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
6852 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
6855 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
6856 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6857 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6858 referenced within the same object. */
6859 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
6862 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
6863 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
6865 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
6868 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6869 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6870 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6872 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
6874 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6875 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6876 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6878 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
6881 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
6882 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
6885 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
6886 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
6889 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6890 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
6891 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
6892 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6896 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
6897 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
6898 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
6899 are trailing null entries. */
6900 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6901 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
6902 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6903 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
6904 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6913 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
6918 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
6919 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
6920 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
6921 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
6923 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
);
6924 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000,
6925 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6929 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
6930 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6932 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
6933 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
6935 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6938 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6939 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
6941 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6943 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
;
6945 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
6946 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6947 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
6948 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6953 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
6955 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
6956 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6957 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6958 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
6959 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6962 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
6969 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
6971 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6973 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
6974 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6978 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
6980 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
6981 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6984 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
6985 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
6988 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
6989 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6990 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6993 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
6995 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6996 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6997 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
6998 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7003 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7005 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7008 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7010 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7012 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7013 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7014 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7016 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7017 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7025 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7028 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
7032 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7035 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7036 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7039 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7040 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7043 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7044 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7047 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7048 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7049 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7050 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7051 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7054 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7055 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7058 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7059 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7062 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7063 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7066 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7067 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7070 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7071 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7074 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7075 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7078 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7079 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7082 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7083 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
7084 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7085 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7086 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7087 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7090 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7091 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7094 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7095 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7098 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7099 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7102 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7103 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7106 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7107 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7110 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
7111 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
7114 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7115 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7120 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7121 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7122 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7125 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
7126 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7129 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7133 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7134 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7135 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7136 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7137 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7139 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7140 info for each special section. */
7141 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7142 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7145 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7148 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7149 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7151 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7154 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7155 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7156 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7157 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7158 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7159 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7160 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7161 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7164 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7165 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7166 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7167 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7168 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7169 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7170 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7171 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7172 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7173 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7176 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7177 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7179 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7180 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7182 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7185 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7186 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7187 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7188 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7189 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7190 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7191 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7194 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7195 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7196 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7198 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7200 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7201 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7208 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7212 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
7217 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7218 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7219 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
7222 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7223 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
7224 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7225 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
7228 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7229 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
7230 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
7231 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
7237 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7240 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
7241 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7244 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
7247 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7249 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7250 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7252 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7253 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7258 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7262 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7266 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7267 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7269 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7270 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7278 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7279 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7280 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7283 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7284 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7285 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7287 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7289 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
7290 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7295 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
7297 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7299 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7300 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7303 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7304 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7305 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
7306 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7307 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
7308 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
7309 options_segment
->count
= 1;
7310 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
7311 *pm
= options_segment
;
7316 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7318 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7319 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7320 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
7321 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
7322 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
7324 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7325 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
7330 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7334 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
7336 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
7341 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7349 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7350 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7351 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
7361 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7362 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7364 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
7366 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
7369 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
7371 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7372 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7373 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7374 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7375 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
7377 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
7378 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7382 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
7384 static const char *sec_names
[] =
7386 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7390 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
7394 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
7396 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
7397 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7404 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
7410 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7411 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7413 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
7416 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7417 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7424 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7426 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7428 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
7442 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7446 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
7447 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7448 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7449 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7450 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7452 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7456 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
7458 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7459 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7463 switch (h
->root
.type
)
7465 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7466 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7467 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7469 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7470 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
7478 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7483 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7486 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7487 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7488 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7489 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7492 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7493 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7494 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
7495 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
7496 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7497 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7499 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7500 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7501 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
7503 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7504 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7505 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
7509 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7510 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7511 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7512 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7513 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7514 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7515 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7516 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7517 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7518 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7529 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7530 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7531 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7532 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7535 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
7536 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7537 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7539 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
7541 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
7543 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7546 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
7547 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
7548 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7549 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
7550 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7551 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
7552 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
7556 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7557 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
7558 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7562 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7563 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7565 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7566 if (h
->forced_local
)
7568 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
7570 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7571 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
)
7573 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7574 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
7578 struct mips_got_entry e
;
7579 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
7581 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7582 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7583 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7584 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7585 the upper limit of global entries. */
7590 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7591 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
7593 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7598 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7599 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7600 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7601 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7602 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
7604 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
7605 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
7608 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
7609 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7610 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7613 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
7615 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7616 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7618 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7624 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
7630 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
7631 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7634 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7635 unsigned char *tdata
;
7638 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
7643 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
7645 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
7646 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
7649 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
7653 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7661 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
7662 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7664 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
7666 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
7675 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
7676 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
7682 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
7683 free (cookie
->rels
);
7689 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
7691 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
7697 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
7700 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
7703 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
7706 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
7710 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
7711 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
7713 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
7715 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
7718 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
7721 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
7722 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
7726 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7727 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7729 struct mips_elf_find_line
7731 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
7732 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
7736 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
7737 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
7738 const char **filename_ptr
,
7739 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7740 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7744 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7745 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7749 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7750 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7751 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
7752 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7755 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
7759 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
7760 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
7761 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
7763 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7764 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7765 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7766 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
7767 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
7768 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7770 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
7773 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
7776 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
7777 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
7779 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7782 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7786 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
7788 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7792 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7793 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
7794 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7795 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
7797 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7800 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
7801 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
7802 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
7803 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
7804 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
7805 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
7806 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
7808 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
7810 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7811 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7812 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7813 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7814 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7815 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7818 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
7819 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7822 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7826 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7829 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7831 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7832 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7836 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7837 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7838 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7841 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
7842 const void *location
,
7843 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
7845 if (strcmp (section
->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
7849 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7851 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
7852 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7853 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7856 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
7859 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
7862 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
7865 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
7868 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
7872 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7873 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7876 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
7878 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7879 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
7881 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
7884 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7885 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
7886 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7889 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
7890 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
7896 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
7897 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
7900 /* read in the section */
7901 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
7902 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
7905 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
7909 if (reloc_count
< 0)
7912 if (reloc_count
> 0)
7917 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
7920 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
7921 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
7922 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
7923 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
7924 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
7928 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
7929 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7936 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
7937 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
7938 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7941 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7942 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7944 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
7946 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
7947 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
7949 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
7951 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
7960 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
7962 char *error_message
= NULL
;
7963 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7965 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
7966 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
7967 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
7968 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
) && abfd
)
7970 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
7974 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
7975 fall over on its own. */
7977 else if ((*parent
)->howto
->special_function
7978 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
7980 /* bypass special_function call */
7981 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
7982 input_section
, relocatable
,
7984 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation
;
7986 /* end mips specific stuff */
7988 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
, input_section
,
7989 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
7991 skip_bfd_perform_relocation
:
7995 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
7997 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
7998 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
8002 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8006 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8007 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8008 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8009 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8013 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8014 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
8015 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8016 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8017 (*parent
)->address
)))
8020 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8021 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8022 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8023 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8024 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8027 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8036 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8037 free (reloc_vector
);
8041 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8042 free (reloc_vector
);
8046 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8048 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8049 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
8051 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8052 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8054 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8058 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8059 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8066 /* We no longer use this. */
8067 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8068 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8070 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8071 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8072 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8074 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8076 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8079 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8080 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8081 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8084 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8088 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8089 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8090 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8091 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8092 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8093 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
8094 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8095 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8096 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8102 static const char * const secname
[] =
8104 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8105 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8107 static const int sc
[] =
8109 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8110 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8113 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8114 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8115 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8117 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8121 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8123 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8124 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8125 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8126 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8127 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8129 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, (info
->shared
8130 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd
) + 1
8134 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8135 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8136 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8137 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8139 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8140 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8141 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8142 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8146 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8147 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8148 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8149 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8150 better off including it then not. */
8151 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8152 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8154 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8156 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8157 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8158 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8159 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8160 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8161 --abfd
->section_count
;
8167 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8168 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8169 to be better off including it than not. */
8170 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8172 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8174 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8175 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8176 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8177 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8178 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8179 --abfd
->section_count
;
8186 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8187 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8189 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8191 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8192 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8193 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8194 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8195 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8196 else if (info
->relocatable
)
8198 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8200 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8201 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8203 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8206 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8207 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8211 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8212 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8213 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8217 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8221 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8222 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8223 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8225 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8227 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8229 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8230 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8231 the information together. */
8232 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8234 asection
*input_section
;
8236 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8239 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8241 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8246 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8247 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8249 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8250 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
8253 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
8255 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
8256 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
8257 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
8258 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
8259 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
8261 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8262 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8263 finally written out. */
8265 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8266 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8267 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8270 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8271 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8273 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8274 matters, but someday it might). */
8275 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8280 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
8282 struct extsym_info einfo
;
8285 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8286 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8287 the information together. */
8288 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
8289 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8291 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
8295 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
8296 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
8297 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
8299 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
8302 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
8304 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8305 debug_info structure. */
8307 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
8308 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
8309 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
8310 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
8311 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
8313 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
8314 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
8315 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
8316 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
8318 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8319 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
8323 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
8327 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
8328 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
8329 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
8330 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
8332 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
8334 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
8335 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
8338 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
8339 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
8342 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
8343 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
8348 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8350 asection
*input_section
;
8352 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
8353 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
8357 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8359 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8364 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8365 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8367 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8368 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8369 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
8371 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8372 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8373 want to deal with it. */
8377 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8378 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
8380 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
8382 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8383 read in the debugging information and set up an
8384 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8385 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8389 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8390 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
8391 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
8394 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8395 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8396 the linker global hash table and save the information
8397 for the output external symbols. */
8398 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
8399 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
8400 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
8401 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
8403 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
8404 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
8408 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8410 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
8411 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
8412 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
8413 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
8416 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
8417 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8418 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8419 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
8425 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
8426 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
8432 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8433 free (input_debug
.line
);
8434 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
8435 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
8436 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
8437 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
8438 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
8439 free (input_debug
.ss
);
8440 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
8441 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
8442 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
8443 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
8445 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8446 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8447 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8450 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
8452 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8453 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8454 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
8456 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
8457 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
8459 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8460 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
8461 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, flags
)
8462 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
8466 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
8472 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8475 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
8477 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8478 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8479 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
8483 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8484 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
8486 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8487 matters, but someday it might). */
8488 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8493 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8495 const char *subname
;
8498 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
8501 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8502 information describing how the small data area would
8503 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8504 not used in executables files. */
8505 if (! info
->relocatable
)
8507 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8509 asection
*input_section
;
8511 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8513 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8518 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8520 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8521 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8522 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8525 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8526 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8527 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8529 /* Really remove the section. */
8530 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
;
8532 secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8534 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8535 --abfd
->section_count
;
8540 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8541 uninitialized data. */
8542 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8544 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8548 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8549 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8550 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
8551 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8555 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8556 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8557 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8558 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8559 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8560 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8561 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
8563 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
8564 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
8566 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
8567 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8568 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
8571 /* Set up the first entry. */
8573 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8574 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8577 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
8578 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
8580 /* Combine the input sections. */
8581 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8583 asection
*input_section
;
8587 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
8589 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8591 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8596 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8597 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8599 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8600 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8601 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8602 size
= input_section
->size
;
8604 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8606 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
8608 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
8609 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
8615 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8616 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
8617 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
8623 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
8625 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
8626 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
8629 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8631 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
8632 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
8634 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
8640 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
8643 /* We need a new table entry. */
8644 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8645 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
8646 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
8652 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
8653 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
8655 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8656 value, since that will be implied by this new
8659 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8661 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
8663 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
8664 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
8668 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
8669 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8674 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8677 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8678 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8679 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8682 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8684 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
8686 /* Swap out the table. */
8687 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8688 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8689 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
8695 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
8696 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
8699 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8700 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
8702 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8703 matters, but someday it might). */
8704 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8708 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8709 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
8712 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8714 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
8716 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8718 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
8719 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
8723 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
8725 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
8726 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
8728 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
8731 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8734 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
8736 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
8737 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
8738 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
8742 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
8744 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
8745 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
8746 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
8750 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8752 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8753 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
8755 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
8756 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
8757 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
8765 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8767 struct mips_mach_extension
{
8768 unsigned long extension
, base
;
8772 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8773 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8775 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
8776 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8777 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
8778 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
8780 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8781 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
8783 /* R10000 extensions. */
8784 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
8786 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8787 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8788 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8789 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8790 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8791 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
8792 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
8794 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8795 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8796 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8797 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8798 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8800 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8801 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8802 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8804 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8805 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8806 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8807 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8808 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8809 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8810 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8811 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8813 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8814 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
8816 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8817 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8818 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8820 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8821 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
8822 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
8826 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8829 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
8833 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
8834 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
8835 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
8837 return extension
== base
;
8841 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8844 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
8846 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
8847 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8848 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8849 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8850 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8851 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8852 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
8856 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8857 object file when linking. */
8860 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
8865 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
8868 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8869 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
8871 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8872 (_("%s: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8873 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8877 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8878 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8881 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
8883 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8884 (_("%s: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8885 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8889 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
8890 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8891 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
8893 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
8895 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
8896 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
8897 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
8898 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
8900 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
8901 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
8903 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
8904 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
8911 /* Check flag compatibility. */
8913 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8914 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8916 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
8917 doesn't seem to matter. */
8918 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
8919 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
8921 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
8922 just be able to ignore this. */
8923 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
8924 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
8926 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
8929 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
8930 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
8931 actually cause any incompatibility. */
8932 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8934 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
8935 which are automatically generated by gas. */
8936 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
8937 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
8939 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
8940 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
8941 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
8943 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
8952 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
8953 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
8955 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8956 (_("%s: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
8957 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8961 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
8962 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
8963 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
8964 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
8966 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
8967 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
8969 /* Compare the ISAs. */
8970 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
8972 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8973 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
8974 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8977 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
8979 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
8980 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
8982 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
8983 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
8984 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
8985 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
8986 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
8987 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
8988 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
8990 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
8991 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
8992 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
8993 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
8994 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
8995 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
8999 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9000 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9001 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9002 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9003 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9004 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9009 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9010 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9012 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9013 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9014 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9015 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9016 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9018 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9019 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9020 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9021 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9023 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9024 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9025 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9026 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9027 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9030 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9031 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9034 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9035 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9037 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9039 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9040 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9043 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9044 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9046 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9047 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9048 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
), (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9049 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9055 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9062 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9065 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
9067 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9068 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9070 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9071 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9076 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
9080 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9082 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9083 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9085 /* xgettext:c-format */
9086 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9088 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9089 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9090 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9091 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9092 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9093 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9094 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9095 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9096 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9097 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9098 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9099 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9100 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9101 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9103 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9105 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9106 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9107 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9108 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9109 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9110 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9111 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9112 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9113 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9114 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9115 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9116 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9117 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9118 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9119 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9120 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9121 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
9122 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9124 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9126 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9127 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9129 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9130 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9132 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9133 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9135 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9142 struct bfd_elf_special_section
const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[]=
9144 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9145 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9146 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9147 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9148 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
9149 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
9150 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }